Diqqət! 4 aprel 2024-cü il tarixdən saytın yeni versiyası sheki.org domenində fəaliyyət göstərir. Bu köhnə versiyadır və yenilənməsi məhdudlaşdırılıb. Lakin 6 yanvar 2025-ci il tarixədək bu vəziyyətdə internetdə qalacaqdır...

"Module:Citation/CS1" səhifəsinin versiyaları arasındakı fərqlər

Şəki Ensiklopediyası səhifəsi
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(Eyni redaktor tərəfindən edilmiş 26 dəyişiklik göstərilmir)
Sətir 1: Sətir 1:
  
require('Module:No globals');
+
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
 +
]]
  
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
+
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 +
date_name_xlate
  
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
+
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink,
 +
strip_apostrophe_markup;
  
]]
+
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
  
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
+
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
  
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
+
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
  
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
  
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
  
 +
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
 +
and used here
  
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
+
]]
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
+
 
 +
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
 +
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
 +
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
  
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
  
  
 +
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
 +
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 +
 +
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
 +
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
 +
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
  
 +
]]
  
 
local function first_set (list, count)
 
local function first_set (list, count)
 
local i = 1;
 
local i = 1;
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
 
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
+
if is_set( list[i] ) then
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
 
end
 
end
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 
i = i + 1; -- point to next
 +
end
 +
end
 +
 +
 +
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 +
 +
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 +
 +
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
 +
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.
 +
 +
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above
 +
 +
]]
 +
 +
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
 +
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
 +
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
 +
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
 +
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 45: Sətir 81:
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
  
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 52: Sətir 88:
 
if not added_vanc_errs then
 
if not added_vanc_errs then
 
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 59: Sətir 95:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
  
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
+
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
 
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Sətir 82: Sətir 118:
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
 
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
+
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
  
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
+
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
  
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
  
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
+
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
+
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
+
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
  
 
There are several tests:
 
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
+
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
 
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
 
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
 
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
Sətir 104: Sətir 140:
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
  
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
+
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
Sətir 119: Sətir 155:
 
end
 
end
  
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
+
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
  
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
+
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like urls
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
 
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
 
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
+
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
+
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and tld
 
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
 
}
 
}
Sətir 135: Sətir 171:
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
 
if domain:match (pattern) then
 
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
+
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 150: Sətir 186:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
+
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
  
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
Sətir 159: Sətir 195:
  
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
 
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
+
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
 
else
 
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
+
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 169: Sətir 205:
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
  
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
+
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
  
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
+
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
  
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
+
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
  
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
+
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
 
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
 
  
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
Strip off any port and path;
Sətir 190: Sətir 223:
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
  
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
+
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
 
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
+
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
+
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
+
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
else
 
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
 
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
 
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
Sətir 213: Sətir 240:
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
  
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
+
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
  
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
+
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
 
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
+
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
  
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
  
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
+
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
+
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 232: Sətir 259:
 
end
 
end
  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
+
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
+
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 241: Sətir 268:
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
  
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
+
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
 
that condition exists
 
that condition exists
 
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code and must begin with a colon.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 251: Sətir 275:
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
 
local orig;
 
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
+
 
 +
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
 
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
 
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
 
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
+
if is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
 
 
end
 
end
 
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 278: Sətir 294:
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
  
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
+
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
+
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
+
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
  
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
+
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
 
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
Sətir 289: Sətir 305:
  
 
local function check_url( url_str )
 
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
+
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
 
return false;
 
return false;
 
end
 
end
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
+
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
 
 
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
 
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
Sətir 300: Sətir 316:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 307: Sətir 323:
  
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
 
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
+
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
+
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
  
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
+
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
+
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
Sətir 320: Sətir 336:
 
local scheme, domain;
 
local scheme, domain;
  
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
+
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
+
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
+
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
 
else
 
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
+
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
 
end
 
end
  
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
+
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 345: Sətir 361:
 
local error_message = '';
 
local error_message = '';
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
 
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
+
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
+
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
+
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
 
end
 
end
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
+
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
 
end
 
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 366: Sətir 379:
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 388: Sətir 400:
 
local base_url;
 
local base_url;
  
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
+
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
 
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
+
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
+
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
 
else
 
else
 
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
 
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
Sətir 397: Sətir 409:
 
end
 
end
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
 
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
+
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
 
end
 
end
 
 
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
+
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
 
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
+
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
 
end
 
end
  
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
+
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wikimarkup url
  
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
+
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
+
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 422: Sətir 434:
 
parameters in the citation.
 
parameters in the citation.
  
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
+
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 429: Sətir 441:
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
if not added_deprecated_cat then
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
 
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 436: Sətir 447:
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
  
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
+
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
  
Sətir 442: Sətir 453:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
 
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
+
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
  
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
+
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
  
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
+
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
  
 
]=]
 
]=]
  
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
+
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
+
local cap2='';
 
local wl_type, label, link;
 
local wl_type, label, link;
  
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
 
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
 
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
 
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
+
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
 
end
 
end
  
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
+
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
+
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
  
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
+
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
+
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
+
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
if 2 == wl_type then
 
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
+
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
 
else
 
else
 
str = label;
 
str = label;
Sətir 493: Sətir 504:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
  
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
+
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
 
in italic markup.
 
in italic markup.
  
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
+
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
  
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
+
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
 
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Sətir 507: Sətir 518:
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
  
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
+
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Sətir 518: Sətir 529:
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
 
local name;
 
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
+
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
+
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
+
if not is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
 
end
 
end
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
 
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
+
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
+
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
 
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
 
else
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
 
end
 
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
 
end
 
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
+
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
  
 
return script_value;
 
return script_value;
Sətir 555: Sətir 561:
  
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
 
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
+
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
+
if is_set (script) then
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
 
end
 
end
Sətir 574: Sətir 580:
  
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
 
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
+
if not is_set( str ) then
 
return "";
 
return "";
 
end
 
end
Sətir 580: Sətir 586:
 
local msg;
 
local msg;
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
 
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
+
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
 
else
 
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
+
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 589: Sətir 595:
 
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------
  
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.
+
makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link.  returns the url and appropriate label; nil else.
  
 
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
 
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
Sətir 598: Sətir 604:
 
local wl_type, D, L;
 
local wl_type, D, L;
 
local ws_url, ws_label;
 
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
 
  
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
+
wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
  
 
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
 
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
+
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
+
'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/', -- prefix
 
str, -- article title
 
str, -- article title
 
});
 
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
+
ws_label = str; -- label for the url
 
end
 
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
+
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
+
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
+
'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/', -- prefix
 
str, -- article title
 
str, -- article title
 
});
 
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
+
ws_label = str; -- label for the url
 
end
 
end
 
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
 
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
 
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if is_set (str) then
 
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
 
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
+
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a wikisource url
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
+
'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/', -- prefix
 
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
 
});
 
});
Sətir 632: Sətir 637:
 
 
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
+
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable url
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
+
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of anchor
 
end
 
end
  
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
+
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper url or nil and a label or nil
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 642: Sətir 647:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------
  
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
+
Format the four periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
 
parameter.
 
parameter.
  
Sətir 650: Sətir 655:
 
local periodical_error = '';
 
local periodical_error = '';
  
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
if not is_set (periodical) then
 
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style  
+
periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style  
 
end
 
end
  
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
+
if is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
+
trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
+
if is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
+
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
+
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
 
periodical = trans_periodical;
 
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
+
periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 674: Sətir 679:
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
  
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta-
+
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
+
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
 
local chapter_error = '';
 
local chapter_error = '';
  
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
+
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
 
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
Sətir 688: Sətir 693:
 
end
 
end
  
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
+
if not is_set (chapter) then
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
 
else
 
else
 
if false == no_quotes then
 
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
+
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
+
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
  
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
+
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
+
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 
elseif ws_url then
 
elseif ws_url then
 
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
 
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
+
chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
+
if is_set (transchapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
+
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
+
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
+
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
+
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
+
chapter = transchapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
+
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
 +
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
 +
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
 +
-- end
  
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
Sətir 723: Sətir 731:
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
  
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
+
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
 
first match.
 
first match.
  
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
+
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
  
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
Sətir 741: Sətir 749:
 
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
 
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
 
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
 
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i = 1;
+
local i=1;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
 
 
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
+
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
+
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
 
return;
 
return;
 
end
 
end
  
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
+
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
+
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
 
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
 
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
+
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
+
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
position = nil; -- unset position
 
end
 
end
Sətir 762: Sətir 770:
 
if position then
 
if position then
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
 
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
+
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
 
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
Sətir 774: Sətir 782:
 
end
 
end
  
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
return; -- and done with this parameter
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
i = i+1; -- bump our index
+
i=i+1; -- bump our index
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 790: Sətir 798:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
+
local function argument_wrapper( args )
 
local origin = {};
 
local origin = {};
 
 
 
return setmetatable({
 
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
+
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
 
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
 
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
 
return origin[k];
Sətir 808: Sətir 816:
 
 
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
+
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
if origin[k] == nil then
 
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
Sətir 822: Sətir 830:
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
 
if v == nil then
 
if v == nil then
v = '';
+
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
origin[k] = '';
 
end
 
end
Sətir 843: Sətir 851:
  
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
+
local cap='';
local cap2 = '';
+
local cap2='';
  
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
 
 
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
 
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
 
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
+
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 866: Sətir 874:
  
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
+
if is_set(title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
+
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
+
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
 
end
 
end
 
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
 
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
Sətir 894: Sətir 902:
  
 
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
 
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
+
if not is_set (str) then
 
return str;
 
return str;
 
end
 
end
 
+
local accept; -- Boolean
+
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
+
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
if accept then
+
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done
return str; -- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
+
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
 
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
 
 
 
 
local out = {};
 
local out = {};
Sətir 913: Sətir 918:
 
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
 
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
 
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
 
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
+
if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
+
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
+
item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
+
item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
+
item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then -- letter hyphen letter
 
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
 
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
 
else
 
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
+
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
+
item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
 
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
 
end
 
end
Sətir 938: Sətir 943:
  
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
 
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
+
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
+
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
+
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match = string.match
+
f.match=string.match
f.sub = string.sub
+
f.sub=string.sub
 
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
 
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
+
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
+
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
+
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 959: Sətir 964:
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
 
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
+
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
+
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
 
else
 
else
 
comp = value;
 
comp = value;
 
end
 
end
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
+
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
 
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
+
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
 
trim = false;
 
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
+
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
+
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
+
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
+
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
+
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
 
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
+
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
+
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
 
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
+
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
+
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
+
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
+
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
+
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
 
trim = true;
 
trim = true;
 
end
 
end
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
 
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
+
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
+
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
 
if trim then
 
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
+
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
 
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
 
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
+
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
 
else
 
else
 
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
Sətir 1.017: Sətir 1.022:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
  
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
+
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
 
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
+
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.031: Sətir 1.036:
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
  
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
+
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
 
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
 
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
 
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
Sətir 1.047: Sətir 1.052:
 
This original test:
 
This original test:
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
+
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary
+
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
 
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
  
Sətir 1.058: Sətir 1.063:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
+
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not suffix then
+
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
+
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
+
if is_set (suffix) then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
 
end
 
end
 
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
 
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
 
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
+
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.073: Sətir 1.074:
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
 
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
+
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
+
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
 
end;
 
end;
 
return true;
 
return true;
Sətir 1.082: Sətir 1.083:
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
  
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
+
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   
  
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
  
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
+
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
 
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
  
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
+
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 1.097: Sətir 1.098:
  
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
 
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
+
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.106: Sətir 1.107:
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
 
else
 
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
+
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
return first; -- and return first unmolested
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.114: Sətir 1.115:
 
end
 
end
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
 +
  
 
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
 
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
Sətir 1.129: Sətir 1.131:
 
end
 
end
 
if 3 > i then
 
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
+
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
 
end
 
end
 
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
 
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
Sətir 1.138: Sətir 1.140:
  
  
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
 
 
 
names in the list will be linked when
 
|<name>-link= has a value
 
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there
 
  
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
+
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
+
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
 
local sep;
 
local sep;
 
local namesep;
 
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
+
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
+
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; -- TODO: delete after deprecation
+
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local name_list = {};
+
local text = {}
  
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
+
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
lastauthoramp = nil; -- TODO: delete after deprecation -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
 
 
else
 
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
+
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
end
 
end
 
 
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
+
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
+
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
 
 
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
+
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
+
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
+
local mask = person.mask
local one;
+
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
local sep_one = sep;
 
+
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
 
 
etal = true;
 
etal = true;
 
break;
 
break;
end
+
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
+
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
+
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
+
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
 
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;",n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
 
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
 
 
else
 
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
+
one = mask;
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
+
sep_one = " ";
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
+
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
+
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
+
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
 
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
+
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 
one = one .. namesep .. first;
 +
end
 +
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 +
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
+
table.insert( text, one )
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
+
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
 
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
 
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
 
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
+
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
+
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
+
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then -- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation
+
text[#text-2] = ", "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
 
elseif 'and' == format then
 
if 2 == count then
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
 
else
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
+
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
 
end
 
end
 
+
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
+
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
+
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
+
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
 
end
 
end
 
 
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
+
return result, count
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.245: Sətir 1.226:
  
 
]]
 
]]
 
 
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
 
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
 
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
Sətir 1.254: Sətir 1.234:
 
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
 
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
 
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
+
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
 
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
else
 
else
Sətir 1.264: Sətir 1.244:
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
+
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
 
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
  
Sətir 1.274: Sətir 1.254:
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
  
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
+
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
 
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
 
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
 
 
Sətir 1.282: Sətir 1.262:
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
 
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
 
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.288: Sətir 1.268:
 
end
 
end
  
return name, etal;
+
return name, etal; --  
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------
 
 
 
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
 
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
 
 
 
returns nothing
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
 
if utilities.is_set (name) then
 
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
end
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.312: Sətir 1.274:
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
 
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
 
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
 
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
 
returns nothing
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
 
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
 +
local _, pattern;
 
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
 
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
  
if utilities.is_set (name) then
+
if is_set (name) then
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
 
if name:match (pattern) then
 
if name:match (pattern) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
+
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
 
break;
 
break;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
return name; -- and done
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.336: Sətir 1.298:
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
  
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are indicated
+
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons.  If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
+
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
 
+
(author or editor) maintenance category.
returns nothing
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
 
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
 
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons;
+
local count, _;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
+
if is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
+
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
 
 
if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 +
return name; -- and done
 
end
 
end
  
  
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
 
parameters.
 
parameters.
Sətir 1.364: Sətir 1.320:
  
 
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
 
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local accept_name;
+
if is_set (last) then
 
+
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
if utilities.is_set (last) then
+
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
+
else
+
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
 
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
if is_set (first) then
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written  
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
+
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
 
+
else
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
 
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
return last, first; -- done
 
return last, first; -- done
end
+
end
  
  
Sətir 1.406: Sətir 1.356:
  
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
 
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
+
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
+
local last; -- individual name components
 
local first;
 
local first;
 
local link;
 
local link;
 
local mask;
 
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
+
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
+
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
+
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
+
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
  
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
+
local last_alias, first_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
 
while true do
 
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
+
last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
  
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
+
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
 
 
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
 
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
 
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
 
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
 
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
Sətir 1.439: Sətir 1.385:
 
end
 
end
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
 
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
+
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
if first then
 
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
 
end
 
  
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
+
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
 
end
 
end
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
 
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
Sətir 1.455: Sətir 1.397:
 
end
 
end
 
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
+
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.491: Sətir 1.433:
 
end
 
end
  
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
+
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes
 
local ietf_name;
 
local ietf_name;
 
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
+
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
 +
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 +
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
  
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
+
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
+
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
+
if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
 
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
 
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
 
end
 
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
+
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name
 
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
 
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
+
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return
 
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
 
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.520: Sətir 1.464:
  
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.
+
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
  
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
 
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.
+
separated from each other by commas.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 1.533: Sətir 1.477:
 
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
  
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
+
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
 +
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
 +
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
  
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
Sətir 1.541: Sətir 1.487:
  
 
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
 
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
+
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip ietf tags from code
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
+
else
 +
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
 +
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
 
end
 
end
else
 
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
 
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
+
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
+
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
 
else
 
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
+
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
+
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
+
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names -- add maint category if not already added
 
 
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
 
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
 
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
 
end
 
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
 
end
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 1.576: Sətir 1.510:
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
 
end
 
end
+
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
+
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
 
+
if 2 >= code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
 +
elseif 2 < code then
 +
name = table.concat (language_list, ', '); -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
 +
name = name:gsub (', ([^,]+)$', cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'] .. '%1'); -- replace last '<comma><space>' separator with '<comma><space>and<space>' separator
 +
end
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
if this_wiki_name == name then
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
 
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
Sətir 1.599: Sətir 1.538:
  
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
 
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
 
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.616: Sətir 1.555:
  
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
 
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
+
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
 
end
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
+
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.661: Sətir 1.600:
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
 
end
 
+
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.672: Sətir 1.610:
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
  
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
+
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the PDF icon to external links.
+
applying the pdf icon to external links.
  
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
 
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
Sətir 1.688: Sətir 1.626:
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
  
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
+
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that
+
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
+
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
 
the appropriate styling.
 
the appropriate styling.
  
Sətir 1.696: Sətir 1.634:
  
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
 
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
+
if is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
+
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
+
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
+
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
 
end
 
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
+
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
+
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
 
else
 
else
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
 
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
Sətir 1.712: Sətir 1.650:
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------
 
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------
  
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag
+
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
 
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
 
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
  
Sətir 1.734: Sətir 1.672:
  
 
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
 
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
+
if is_set (max) then
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
Sətir 1.740: Sətir 1.678:
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
 
max = nil;
 
end
 
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.768: Sətir 1.702:
 
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
 
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
 
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text'); -- add maint cat;
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 1.778: Sətir 1.708:
  
 
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
 
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
+
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
 
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
 
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked
  
Sətir 1.792: Sətir 1.722:
 
 
 
while name_table[i] do
 
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
 
local name = name_table[i];
 
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
+
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
 
while name_table[i] do
 
while name_table[i] do
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
 
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
+
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
break; -- and done reassembling so
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
+
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
 
end
 
end
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
 
else
 
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
+
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
 
if 1 == wl_type then
 
if 1 == wl_type then
Sətir 1.813: Sətir 1.743:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
i = i + 1;
+
i = i+1;
 
end
 
end
 
return output_table;
 
return output_table;
Sətir 1.826: Sətir 1.756:
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
 
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
+
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
  
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
  
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
+
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
  
 
]]
 
]]
Sətir 1.846: Sətir 1.776:
  
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
+
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
local accept_name;
+
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
+
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
 
 
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
 
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses
 
if accept_name then
 
last = v_name;
 
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
 
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
+
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
 
end
 
end
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
 
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
+
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
+
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
 
+
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
+
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
 
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
 
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
+
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
+
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
 
first = ''; -- unset
 
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
 
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
 
end
 
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
 
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
+
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
 
end
 
end
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
 
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials
+
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
 +
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
 
end
 
end
+
if utilities.is_set (first) then
+
if is_set (first) then
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
+
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
 
end
 
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
+
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
+
if is_set (suffix) then
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
 
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
Sətir 1.898: Sətir 1.818:
 
end
 
end
  
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
+
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
+
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
+
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
 
end
 
end
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
Sətir 1.925: Sətir 1.845:
  
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
+
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
+
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
+
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
+
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
+
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
+
lastfirst=true;
 
end
 
end
  
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
+
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
+
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
+
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
 
local err_name;
 
local err_name;
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
 
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
Sətir 1.942: Sətir 1.862:
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
err_name = 'editor';
 
end
 
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
end
  
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
 
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
+
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
+
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last  
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.956: Sətir 1.876:
  
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
+
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
+
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
+
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
specified by ret_val.
 
  
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
+
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
+
if not is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
+
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
+
elseif in_array (value, possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
+
return true;
 
else
 
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
+
return false
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 1.985: Sətir 1.904:
  
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
 
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
+
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
 
return name_list; -- just return the name list
 
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
+
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
 
else
 
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
+
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.003: Sətir 1.922:
 
 
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
 
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
 
return '';
 
return '';
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
+
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
 
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
+
elseif is_set (volume) then
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
 
else
 
else
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
 
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
 
 
end
 
end
  
 
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
 
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
 
 
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
+
if is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
+
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
+
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
+
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
+
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
 
 
else -- four or less characters
 
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
+
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
+
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
+
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
 
end
 
end
 
return vol;
 
return vol;
Sətir 2.052: Sətir 1.966:
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
 
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
 
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
+
if is_set (sheet) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
Sətir 2.058: Sətir 1.972:
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
+
elseif is_set (sheets) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
Sətir 2.067: Sətir 1.981:
 
end
 
end
  
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
+
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
 
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
+
if is_set (page) then
 
if is_journal then
 
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
+
end
 +
if is_set(pages) then
 
if is_journal then
 
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
+
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
 
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
 
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-suffix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
elseif not nopp then
 
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-suffix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
 
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
+
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.097: Sətir 2.012:
 
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
 
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
  
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
+
If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and
+
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and
 
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?   
 
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?   
  
Sətir 2.109: Sətir 2.024:
  
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
 
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
+
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
  
if utilities.is_set (page) then
+
if is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
+
if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then
 
pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
pages = ''; -- unset the others
 
at = '';
 
at = '';
Sətir 2.118: Sətir 2.033:
 
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
  
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
+
page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
+
elseif is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
+
if is_set (at) then
 
at = ''; -- unset
 
at = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
end
 
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
  
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
+
pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
+
elseif is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
+
at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.147: Sətir 2.062:
 
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
 
end
 
end
 +
  
  
 
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
  
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
+
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
+
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
+
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
 
unwitting readers to do.
 
unwitting readers to do.
  
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
+
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
 
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
  
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
 
|archive-date= and an error message when:
 
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
+
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
+
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
 
correct place
 
correct place
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
  
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
+
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
 
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
Sətir 2.174: Sətir 2.090:
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
  
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
+
This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive URL:
+
archive url:
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
 
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
+
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
 
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
  
Sətir 2.184: Sətir 2.100:
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
 
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
+
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
 
 
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
+
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
 
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
  
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page  
+
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page  
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
+
err_msg = 'save command';
 
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
 
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
 
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
+
err_msg = 'liveweb';
 
else
 
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
+
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
 
 
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
+
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
+
err_msg = 'timestamp';
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
if '*' ~= flag then
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
+
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
+
err_msg = 'path';
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
+
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
+
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
+
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
+
err_msg = 'flag';
 
else
 
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
-- if here, something not right so
 
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
+
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
else
 
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
+
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
  
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
+
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
 
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
 
 
 
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function place_check (param_val)
 
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
 
return param_val; -- return that empty state
 
end
 
 
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
 
end
 
 
return param_val; -- and done
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
 
 
 
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns.  Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
 
 
 
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
 
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
 
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
 
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
 
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function is_generic_title (title)
 
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
 
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do --spin through the list of known generic title fragments
 
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
 
return true; -- found English generic title so done
 
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
 
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 
return true; -- found local generic title so done
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
 
 
 
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
 
 
 
]]
 
 
 
local function is_archived_copy (title)
 
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
 
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
 
return true;
 
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
 
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
 
  
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
Sətir 2.300: Sətir 2.150:
 
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
 
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
 
]]
 
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
+
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
 
local i  
 
local i  
  
Sətir 2.306: Sətir 2.156:
 
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
  
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
+
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
 +
local Mode = A['Mode'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
 +
Mode = '';
 +
end
  
 
local author_etal;
 
local author_etal;
 
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
 
local Authors;
 
+
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
 
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
  
Sətir 2.320: Sətir 2.173:
 
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
+
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
 
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
+
if is_set (Collaboration) then
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.344: Sətir 2.194:
 
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 2 == selected then
 
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
+
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
 
elseif 3 == selected then
 
elseif 3 == selected then
Sətir 2.364: Sətir 2.214:
 
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
 
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
 
+
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
 
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
 
if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
 
Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
 
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
 
 
if 0 < #c then
 
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
+
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
else -- if not a book cite
 
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
+
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
 
end
 
end
 
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
Contribution = nil; -- unset
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Others) then
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
+
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
 
local Year = A['Year'];
 
local Year = A['Year'];
 
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
+
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
 
local Date = A['Date'];
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
 
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
Sətir 2.409: Sətir 2.250:
 
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local Conference = A['Conference'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
 
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
 
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
 +
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
  
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
+
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local accept_link;
 
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
 
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
 
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
 
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
 
end
 
 
 
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
 
 
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
 
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
 
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
 
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
 
end
 
 
 
 
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
+
local ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
+
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
 
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
 
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
 
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
 
local Degree = A['Degree'];
Sətir 2.444: Sətir 2.269:
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
 
 
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
+
local UrlStatus = A['UrlStatus'];
 
+
if 'url-status' == A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus') then -- interim: TODO: this line goes away
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlStatus, 'url-status', cfg.keywords ['url-status']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'dead'
 +
UrlStatus = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
 +
end -- interim: TODO: this line goes away
 +
elseif is_set (A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus')) then -- interim: while both |dead-url= and |url-status= allowed use separate keyword lists; TODO: remove this section
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlStatus, A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- interim: assume |dead-url=; use those keywords; TODO: this line goes away
 +
UrlStatus = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string; interim: TODO: this line goes away
 +
end -- interim: TODO: this line goes away
 +
end -- interim: TODO: this line goes away
 +
 +
if in_array (UrlStatus, {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then -- TODO: remove this whole thing when |dead-url=[yes|no] parameters removed from articles
 +
UrlStatus = 'dead';
 +
elseif 'no' == UrlStatus then
 +
UrlStatus = 'live';
 +
end
 +
 
local URL = A['URL']
 
local URL = A['URL']
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
+
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
 
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
 
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
+
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
 
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
+
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
 
 
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
 
local Periodical_origin = '';
 
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
if is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
+
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
+
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated  
+
Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated  
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
+
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
 
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
 
end
 
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
 
end
 
  
 
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
 
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
 
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
 
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
 
+
-- web and news not tested for now because of  
-- web and news not tested for now because of  
+
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
 
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
 
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
 
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
 
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
 
end
 
end
 
  
 
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
 
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
 
  
 
local Series = A['Series'];
 
local Series = A['Series'];
Sətir 2.499: Sətir 2.320:
  
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
if is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
+
if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
+
elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
 
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
 
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
Sətir 2.510: Sətir 2.331:
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
 
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
+
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
 
Volume = A['Volume'];
 
Volume = A['Volume'];
 
end
 
end
  
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
 
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
+
if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
+
is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
+
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
+
if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.526: Sətir 2.347:
  
 
local Position = '';
 
local Position = '';
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
+
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Page = A['Page'];
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
 
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
Sətir 2.533: Sətir 2.354:
  
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
+
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
+
local Place = A['Place'];
 
 
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
 
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
 
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
+
if is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
+
local i=0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
+
PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
+
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
+
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
 +
end
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
+
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
RegistrationRequired=nil;
 +
end
  
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
+
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
+
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
  
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
+
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
end
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
 
+
UrlAccess = nil;
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
end
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
+
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
 
UrlAccess = nil;
 
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
 
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
+
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
+
end
end
+
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 +
end
 +
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
 +
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
 +
end
  
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
+
local MapUrlAccess = A['MapUrlAccess'];
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (MapUrlAccess, 'map-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
+
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
+
end
end
+
if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
 +
MapUrlAccess = nil;
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
 +
end
  
 
local Via = A['Via'];
 
local Via = A['Via'];
Sətir 2.588: Sətir 2.424:
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ID = A['ID'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
 
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
 +
end
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 +
 +
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
 +
if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
 +
end
 +
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );
  
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
 
local QuotePages = A['QuotePages'];
 
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
 
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
 
  
 
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
Sətir 2.604: Sətir 2.445:
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
+
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
  
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
 +
 
 +
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
 +
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
 +
end
  
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
 
if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat'); -- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0()
 
end
 
 
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
 
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
 
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
Sətir 2.619: Sətir 2.463:
 
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
  
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
+
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
+
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
+
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
 +
end
 +
if not is_set (DF) then
 +
DF = cfg.global_df;
 
end
 
end
  
 
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
 
local PostScript;
 
local PostScript;
local Ref = A['Ref'];
+
local Ref;
if 'harv' == Ref then
+
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
+
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
 
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
 
end
 
 
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
 
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
  
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
+
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
+
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
+
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
end
 
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
+
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
 
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
 
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
Sətir 2.648: Sətir 2.489:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
+
 
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
+
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
 +
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
  
 
local coins_pages;
 
local coins_pages;
Sətir 2.655: Sətir 2.497:
 
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
 
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
  
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
+
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
 +
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
 +
NoPP = true;
 +
else
 +
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
 +
end
  
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
+
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then
 
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
 
end
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
 
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
end
 
end
 
+
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
 
 
Sətir 2.671: Sətir 2.513:
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
 
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
+
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
+
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
  
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
+
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
+
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
+
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
 
 
]]
 
]]
  
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
+
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
  
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
+
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
+
if is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
+
if not is_set(Chapter) then
end
+
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
end
 
 
 
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
 
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
 
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
 
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
 
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
+
ScriptChapterOrigin = 'title';
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')
 
 
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
  
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
+
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
+
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
 
end
 
end
 
Title = Periodical;
 
Title = Periodical;
Sətir 2.724: Sətir 2.548:
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
ScriptTitle = '';
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
+
elseif is_set (Chapter) then -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
+
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.731: Sətir 2.555:
 
end
 
end
  
-- special case for cite techreport.
+
-- Special case for cite techreport.
 
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
 
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
+
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
+
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
 
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
 
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 +
end
 +
 +
-- special case for cite mailing list
 +
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 +
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
 +
elseif 'mailinglist' == Periodical_origin then
 +
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
 
end
 
end
  
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
+
if is_set(BookTitle) then
 
Chapter = Title;
 
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
+
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
 
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
+
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URL_origin = '';
+
URLorigin = '';
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
 
 
Title = BookTitle;
 
Title = BookTitle;
 
Format = '';
 
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
+
-- TitleLink = '';
 
TransTitle = '';
 
TransTitle = '';
 
URL = '';
 
URL = '';
Sətir 2.771: Sətir 2.600:
 
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
Chapter = A['Map'];
 
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
 
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
 
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
+
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
 
 
 
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
 
 
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
+
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
 
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
+
if is_set( Cartography ) then
 
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
 
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
 
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
+
if is_set( Scale ) then
 
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.797: Sətir 2.619:
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
 +
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
  
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
+
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
  
 
local Network = A['Network'];
 
local Network = A['Network'];
Sətir 2.805: Sətir 2.628:
 
local s, n = {}, {};
 
local s, n = {}, {};
 
-- do common parameters first
 
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
+
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
+
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
 
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
 
 +
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
 +
Date = AirDate;
 +
end
 +
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local Season = A['Season'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
  
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
+
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
 
end
 
end
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
 
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
+
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
+
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
+
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
 
 
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
+
ScriptChapterOrigin = 'title';
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
+
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
 
 
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
Sətir 2.836: Sətir 2.663:
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
  
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
+
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
+
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
+
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
+
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
 
end
 
end
 
URL = ''; -- unset
 
URL = ''; -- unset
Sətir 2.848: Sətir 2.675:
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
 
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
+
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
+
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
 
end
 
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
+
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 +
 +
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
 +
do
 +
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then
 +
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 +
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 +
end
 +
 +
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = bioRxiv, ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
 +
end
 +
end
  
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
 
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
 
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
+
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
+
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
+
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.872: Sətir 2.710:
 
  local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
 
  local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
  
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
+
if not is_set (Date) then
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
 
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
+
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
 
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
 
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Sətir 2.898: Sətir 2.736:
 
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
 
local date_parameters_list = {
 
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
+
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
+
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
+
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
+
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
+
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
+
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
+
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
+
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
 
};
 
};
 +
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
  
local error_list = {};
 
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
 
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
 
end
 
 
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
 
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
  
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
+
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;  
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
+
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch</code>');
+
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
+
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
+
end
 +
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
 
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
+
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
 
local modified = false; -- flag
 
local modified = false; -- flag
 
 
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
+
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
+
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
 
end
 
end
  
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
+
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
 
modified = true;
 
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
 
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
+
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
+
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
+
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
+
-- modified = true;
-- end
+
-- end
  
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
Sətir 2.953: Sətir 2.785:
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
 
end
 
end
else
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end -- end of do
 
end -- end of do
  
local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args); -- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list()
+
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
+
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
+
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
end
 
local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins);
 
local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}); -- render identifiers
 
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
 
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
 
end
 
 
 
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
 
end
 
  
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
+
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
 
+
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
+
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
    if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
+
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
+
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
+
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
 
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
 
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
 
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
 
 
end
 
end
end
 
  
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
 
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 2.998: Sətir 2.806:
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
 
-- Test if citation has no title
 
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
+
if not is_set(Title) and
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
+
not is_set(TransTitle) and
 +
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
 +
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
+
if 'none' == Title and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
+
in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
+
(is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
 
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
 
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
 
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
 
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 3.024: Sətir 2.834:
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
 
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
 
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
+
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
 
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
 
coins_title = Periodical;
 
coins_title = Periodical;
Sətir 3.036: Sətir 2.846:
  
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
+
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
+
['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
+
['Encyclopedia'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Encyclopedia),
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
+
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
 
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
+
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
 
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
 
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
 
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
 
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
 
 
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Series'] = Series,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Volume'] = Volume,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
 
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
+
['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
 
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
+
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, -- any apostrophe markup already removed
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
 
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
+
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
 
}, config.CitationClass);
 
}, config.CitationClass);
  
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
+
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
 
end
 
end
  
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
+
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
+
if is_set (PublisherName) then
 +
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, PublisherName_origin, nil ));
 +
end
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 3.076: Sətir 2.887:
 
local last_first_list;
 
local last_first_list;
 
local control = {  
 
local control = {  
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
+
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
 
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
 +
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
 
mode = Mode
 
mode = Mode
 
};
 
};
Sətir 3.086: Sətir 2.898:
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
  
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
+
if is_set (Editors) then
 
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if editor_etal then
 
if editor_etal then
 
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 +
else
 +
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
end
 
end
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
 
 
else
 
else
 
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
 
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
Sətir 3.117: Sətir 2.931:
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
  
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
+
if is_set (Authors) then
 
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
if author_etal then
 
if author_etal then
Sətir 3.127: Sətir 2.941:
 
end -- end of do
 
end -- end of do
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
+
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.134: Sətir 2.948:
  
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
+
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
 
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
 
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
 
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Sətir 3.142: Sətir 2.956:
  
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
+
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
 
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
 
end
 
end
  
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
if not is_set(URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
 
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
 
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
 
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
+
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
 
AccessDate = '';
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
+
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
 +
-- DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
+
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
+
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
 
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
+
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
+
-- if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
+
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
+
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
+
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
elseif is_set (URL) then
 
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
 
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
+
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
 
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
+
-- if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
+
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
+
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
+
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
+
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
 
end
 
end
 
  end
 
  end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
 
local chap_param;
 
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
+
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
+
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
+
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
+
chap_param = ScriptChapterOrigin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
+
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
+
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
 
TransChapter = '';
 
TransChapter = '';
Sətir 3.214: Sətir 3.029:
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
 
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
+
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
+
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
+
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapterOrigin, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
+
if is_set (Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
+
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
 
end
 
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
+
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
+
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
-- Format main title
+
-- Format main title.
local plain_title = false;
 
local accept_title;
 
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
 
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
 
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
 
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
 
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
 
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
  
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
+
if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if keep as written markup:
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
+
Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1') -- remove the markup
 +
else
 +
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
 
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
 
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
+
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
 
end
 
 
 
if is_generic_title (Title) then
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
+
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
+
('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
+
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
+
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
+
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
+
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
 
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
+
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
+
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
+
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
 
end
 
end
  
 
local TransError = "";
 
local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
+
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
+
if is_set(Title) then
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
 
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
+
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
+
if is_set(Title) then
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
+
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
 
end
 
 
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
 
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
 
Format = "";
 
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then
 
local ws_url;
 
local ws_url;
 
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
+
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
else
 
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
+
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
end
 
end
 
else
 
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
+
local ws_url, ws_label;
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
+
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title); -- make ws url from |title= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
 
if ws_url then
 
if ws_url then
 
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
+
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
 
else
 
else
Sətir 3.323: Sətir 3.116:
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
+
if is_set(Place) then
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
+
if is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
+
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
end
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
+
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
+
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
end
  
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
+
if not is_set(Position) then
 
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
local Time = A['Time'];
 
local Time = A['Time'];
  
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
+
if is_set(Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
+
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
 
end
 
end
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
else
 
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
+
if is_set(Time) then
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
 
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
+
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
Sətir 3.364: Sətir 3.157:
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
  
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
+
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
+
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
 
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
 
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
+
local Section = A['Section'];
 +
local Sections = A['Sections'];
 
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
local Inset = A['Inset'];
 
 
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
+
if is_set( Inset ) then
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
+
if is_set( Sections ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
+
elseif is_set( Section ) then
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.382: Sətir 3.176:
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
+
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
+
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
 
else
 
else
 
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
 
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
Sətir 3.391: Sətir 3.185:
 
end
 
end
  
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
+
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
+
if is_set (Translators) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
+
if is_set (Interviewers) then
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
 
end
 
end
 
 
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
+
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
+
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition'); -- add maint cat
 
end
 
 
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
 
else
 
else
Sətir 3.410: Sətir 3.201:
 
end
 
end
  
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
+
Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
+
OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or '';
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
+
Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
  
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
+
Via = is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
  
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
+
--[[
 +
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
 +
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 +
 +
]]
 +
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
 +
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
 +
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
 +
else
 +
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
 +
end
 +
 
 +
if is_set(AccessDate) then
 
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
  
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
 
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
 
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
+
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
  
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
+
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
+
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
+
   if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
+
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
 
end
 
end
   if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
+
   if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
+
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
+
 
 +
if is_set(URL) then
 +
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
+
if is_set(Quote) then
 
+
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
+
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
 
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
 
end
 
end
 
+
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
 
 
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
 
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
 
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
 
end
 
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
 
local quote_prefix = '';
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
 
if not NoPP then
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 
else
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
 
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
 
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
elseif not NoPP then
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
else
 
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
 
end
 
end
 
                       
 
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
 
else
 
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
 
end
 
 
 
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
 
end
 
end
 
 
 
local Archived
 
local Archived
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
+
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
+
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
+
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
 
 
end
 
end
 
if "live" == UrlStatus then
 
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
+
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');    
+
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');    
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
+
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
+
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
else
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
 
end
 
 
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
 
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
+
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
 
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
 
 
end
 
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
+
else
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
+
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,  
+
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,  
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
+
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
+
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
 
else
 
else
Sətir 3.530: Sətir 3.289:
 
 
 
local Lay = '';
 
local Lay = '';
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
+
if is_set(LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
+
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then  
+
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
+
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
 
else
 
else
 
LaySource = "";
 
LaySource = "";
Sətir 3.542: Sətir 3.301:
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
+
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
 
end
 
end
  
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
+
if is_set(Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
+
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
+
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
+
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
 
end
 
end
  
 
local Publisher;
 
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
+
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
+
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
+
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
 
else
 
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;   
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then  
+
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then  
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
 
else  
 
else  
Sətir 3.572: Sətir 3.331:
 
 
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
 
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
+
if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then  
+
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
+
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
 
else  
 
else  
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
+
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.586: Sətir 3.345:
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
 
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
+
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
+
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.600: Sətir 3.359:
 
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
 
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
+
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
+
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
+
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
 
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
Sətir 3.612: Sətir 3.371:
  
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
+
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
+
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
 
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
Sətir 3.636: Sətir 3.395:
 
local idcommon;
 
local idcommon;
 
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
 
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
+
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
else
 
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
+
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 3.644: Sətir 3.403:
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
  
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
+
if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
+
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
+
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
 
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
+
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
+
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
 
else
 
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
+
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
+
if is_set(Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
+
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
+
if is_set(Editors) then
 
local in_text = " ";
 
local in_text = " ";
 
local post_text = "";
 
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
+
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
 
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then
Sətir 3.675: Sətir 3.434:
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
+
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
 
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
+
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
+
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.689: Sətir 3.448:
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
 
end
 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
+
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
+
if is_set(Date) then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
 
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
Sətir 3.705: Sətir 3.464:
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
+
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
 
else
Sətir 3.712: Sətir 3.471:
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
+
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
 
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
+
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
 
end
 
end
 
 
Sətir 3.722: Sətir 3.481:
 
local options = {};
 
local options = {};
 
 
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
+
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
+
options.class = config.CitationClass;
 +
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
 
else
 
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
+
options.class = "citation";
 
end
 
end
 
 
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
+
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
 
local id = Ref
 
local id = Ref
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
 
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
Sətir 3.750: Sətir 3.510:
 
end
 
end
 
 
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
+
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
 
z.error_categories = {};
 
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
+
text = set_error('empty_citation');
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
z.message_tail = {};
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.758: Sətir 3.518:
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
  
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
+
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
+
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
 
else
 
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
+
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
 
end
 
end
  
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
+
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
  
 
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
 
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
 
table.insert (render, ' ');
 
table.insert (render, ' ');
 
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
 
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
+
if is_set(v[1]) then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
 
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
+
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
 
else
 
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
+
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.785: Sətir 3.545:
 
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
 
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
 
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
 
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
+
table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
 
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
 
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
 
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
 
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
 
end
 
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
+
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
 
end
 
end
 
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
+
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
 +
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
+
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
 
end
 
end
elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then -- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat
 
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat')); -- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 3.821: Sətir 3.580:
 
]]
 
]]
  
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
+
local function validate (name, cite_class)
 
local name = tostring (name);
 
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
 
 
local state;
 
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
+
 +
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 +
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 
if false == state then
 
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
 
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 
return true;
 
return true;
 
end
 
end
return nil;
 
end
 
  
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
+
state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
return nil;
 
end
 
 
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
 
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
 
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
  
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
+
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
+
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
  
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
 
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
 
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
 
 
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
 
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
+
 
+
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
+
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
+
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
  
 +
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
 +
if false == state then
 +
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
 +
return true;
 +
end
 +
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
 
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
 
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
 
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
 
return value as is else
 
 
]=]
 
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
 
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
 
local _;
 
 
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
 
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
 
end
 
return value;
 
 
end
 
end
  
Sətir 3.898: Sətir 3.636:
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
 
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
+
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
+
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
+
 
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
+
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
 
tags are removed before the search.
 
tags are removed before the search.
  
Sətir 3.910: Sətir 3.648:
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
 
local capture;
 
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
+
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc  
  
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
+
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
+
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe',parameter)});
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.926: Sətir 3.664:
  
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
 
return;
 
end
 
 
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
 
 
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
 
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
 
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
 
 
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
Sətir 3.948: Sətir 3.677:
  
 
local function citation(frame)
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
+
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
+
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
 
 
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
Sətir 3.969: Sətir 3.698:
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
 +
 
end
 
end
  
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
+
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
 
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 +
 +
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
 +
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 +
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
 +
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
 +
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;
 +
 +
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
in_array = utilities.in_array;
 +
substitute = utilities.substitute;
 +
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
 +
set_error = utilities.set_error;
 +
select_one = utilities.select_one;
 +
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
 +
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
 +
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
 +
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
 +
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 +
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup;
  
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 +
 +
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
 +
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
 +
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
 +
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
 +
 +
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
 +
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
 +
COinS = metadata.COinS;
  
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
Sətir 3.983: Sətir 3.741:
  
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
+
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
 
config[k] = v;
 
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
+
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
 
end
 
end
  
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
+
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
 
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
 
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if v ~= '' then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
 
if ('string' == type (k)) then
Sətir 3.999: Sətir 3.755:
 
error_text = "";
 
error_text = "";
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
 
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
+
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
 
end
 
end
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
 
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
 
else
 
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
Sətir 4.014: Sətir 3.770:
 
end
 
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
+
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
 
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
+
param = substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
 
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
 
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
+
error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
 
else
 
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
 
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
+
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
 
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
 
else
 
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
+
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
 
end
 
end
Sətir 4.038: Sətir 3.793:
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
end
 
+
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
+
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
 
+
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
+
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
+
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
+
end
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
 
end
 
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
 
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
 
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
 
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
 
 
end
 
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
 
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
 
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
 
}, true )});
 
end
 
  
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
 
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
+
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
 +
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 
end
 
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
 
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
 
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
 
end
 
end
 
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
 
end
 
end

Səhifəsinin 04:05, 18 iyun 2021 tarixinə olan son halı

Bu modulun təlimatı üçün bu səhifə yaradıla bilər: Module:Citation/CS1/doc


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash,				-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	date_name_xlate

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one,		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink,
	strip_apostrophe_markup;

local z ={};																	-- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed;		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {};														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs;															-- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?', '%1');				-- strip lang code from keyname
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then											-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end

	if domain:match ('^%a+:') then												-- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at wikisource
		return false;
	end

	local patterns = {															-- patterns that look like urls
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$',										-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$',									-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$',													-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%a][iq]%.net$',														-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$',													-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$',												-- two character hostname and tld
		'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?',								-- IPv4 address
		}

	for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do										-- loop through the patterns list
		if domain:match (pattern) then
			return true;														-- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a url is a url
		end
	end

	for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do					-- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
		if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
			return true
		end
	end
	return false;																-- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

	if is_set (link) then 														-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		end
	end

	if is_set (orig) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;

	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
		URL = table.concat ({domain, path});									-- and reassemble
	end

	base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" });		-- assemble a wikimarkup url

	if is_set (access) then														-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url});	-- add the appropriate icon
	end
	
	return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str);									-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");				-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
		end
	
		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")				-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = make_wikilink (link, label);									-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } );		-- prefix without 'title'; add error message
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } );		-- invalid language code; add error message
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } );				-- no language code prefix; add error message
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script, script_param);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );											-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------

makes a wikisource url from wikisource interwiki link.  returns the url and appropriate label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
	local wl_type, D, L;
	local ws_url, ws_label;

	wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str);											-- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

	if 0 == wl_type then														-- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a wikisource url
				'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/',								-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the url
		end
	elseif 1 == wl_type then														-- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
		str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if is_set (str) then
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a wikisource url
				'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/',								-- prefix
				str,															-- article title
				});
			ws_label = str;														-- label for the url
		end
	elseif 2 == wl_type then													-- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
		str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)');		-- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
		if is_set (str) then
			ws_label = D;														-- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
			ws_url = table.concat ({											-- build a wikisource url
				'https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/',								-- prefix
				str,															-- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
				});
		end
	end
	
	if ws_url then
		ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI');								-- make a usable url
		ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#');										-- undo percent encoding of anchor
	end

	return ws_url, ws_label, L or D;											-- return proper url or nil and a label or nil
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------

Format the four periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
	local periodical_error = '';

	if not is_set (periodical) then
		periodical = '';														-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical);					-- style 
	end

	periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (trans_periodical) then
		trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
		if is_set (periodical) then
			periodical = periodical ..  ' ' .. trans_periodical;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			periodical = trans_periodical;
			periodical_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
		end
	end

	return periodical .. periodical_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local chapter_error = '';

	local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter);					-- make a wikisource url and label from a wikisource interwiki link
	if ws_url then
		ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', '');										-- replace underscore separaters with space characters
		chapter = ws_label;
	end

	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter, script_chapter_source);	-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	elseif ws_url then
		chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter');	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
		chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});				
	end

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

--	if is_set (chapterurl) then
--		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
--	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then						-- if we found a zero width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- its ok if one of the indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or						-- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
				('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then	-- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
					stripmarker = true;											-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions.  The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
	letter - letter (A - B)
	digit - digit (4-5)
	digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
	letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
	digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set (str) then
		return str;
	end
	
	str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');								-- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
	if 0 ~= count then															-- non-zero when markup removed; zero else
		return str;																-- nothing to do, we're done
	end
	
	str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'});		-- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities  with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
	
	local out = {};
	local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*');								-- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

	for _, item in ipairs (list) do												-- for each item in the list
		if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then	-- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
			if item:match ('%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+') or				-- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
				item:match ('%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+') or			-- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
				item:match ('%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+') or				-- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
				item:match ('%d+%s*%-%s*%d+') or								-- digit hyphen digit
				item:match ('%a+%s*%-%s*%a+') then								-- letter hyphen letter
					item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2');	-- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
			else
				item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–');				-- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous white space
			end
		end
		item = item:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');								-- remove the accept-this-as-written markup
		table.insert (out, item);												-- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
	end

	return table.concat (out, ', ');											-- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub=string.gsub
			f.match=string.match
			f.sub=string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match=mw.ustring.match
			f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then		-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first;	-- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it

	if is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error ('suffix');
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
			return false;														-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just intials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error ('suffix');									-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1));				-- insert the intial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = make_wikilink (person.link, one);						-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = ", ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns;									--get patterns from configuration
		
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- loop through all of the patterns
			if name:match (pattern) then										-- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
				name = name:gsub (pattern, '');									-- remove the offending text
				etal = true;													-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
				if not nocat then												-- no categorization for |vauthors=
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('etal', {param})});	-- and set an error if not added
				end
			end
		end
	end

	return name, etal;															-- 
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local _, pattern;
	local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns;								-- get patterns from configuration

	if is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
	if is_set (name) then
		_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', '');										-- count the number of separator-like characters
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	if is_set (last) then
		if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);						-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	if is_set (first) then
		if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then									-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	return last, first;															-- done
	end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local last_alias, first_alias;												-- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
	while true do
		last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias);				-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias);			-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {first_alias, first_alias:gsub('first', 'last')}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i);	-- check for improper wikimarkup

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i-1}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc

Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.

Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
	Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then									-- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2];	-- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
	end

	local ietf_code;															-- because some languages have both ietf-like codes and iso 639-like codes
	local ietf_name;
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all')		-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons

	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 == code:len() or 3 == code:len() then							-- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
				return name, code;												-- so return the name and the code
			end
			ietf_code = code;													-- remember that we found an ietf-like code and save its name
			ietf_name = name;													-- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
		end
	end
																				-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if ietf-like code found return
	return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang;										-- associated name; return original language text else
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage();									-- get a language object for this wiki
	local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode()									-- get this wiki's language code
	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()];								-- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap

		if name then															-- there was a remapped code so
			lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1');							-- strip ietf tags from code
		else
			if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then										-- strip ietf tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
				lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-')									-- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
			end
			if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then							-- if two-or three-character code
				name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
			end
		end

		if is_set (name) then													-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code);				-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then													-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name;							-- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names									-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'])		-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ');											-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
		name = name:gsub (', ([^,]+)$', cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'] .. '%1');	-- replace last '<comma><space>' separator with '<comma><space>and<space>' separator
	end
	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
	ps gets:	'.'
	sep gets:	'.'

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps;										-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
	ps gets:	'' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
	sep gets:	','

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref;								-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
		url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
		url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
			local name = name_table[i];
			i=i+1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i=i+1;															-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]);					-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i+1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);		-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parntheses
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
			if is_suffix (first) then											-- if a valid suffix
				suffix = first													-- save it as a suffix and
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end																	-- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error ('missing comma');								-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error ('name');										-- matches a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error ('initials');									-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first);									-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end

		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or	-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array (value, possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then						-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	local vol = '';																-- here for all cites except magazine
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then			-- volume value is all digits or all uppercase roman numerals
			vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});	-- render in bold face
		elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then								-- not all digits or roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});			-- not bold
		else																	-- four or less characters
			vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});	-- bold
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	end
	if is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then							-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-suffix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-suffix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. 

If any of these are interwiki links to wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwikilink as plain text
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki link to and external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it?  

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
	local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L;										-- for wikisource interwikilinks; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

	if is_set (page) then
		if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then
			pages = '';															-- unset the others
			at = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page);						-- make ws url from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
		if ws_url then
			page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif is_set (pages) then
		if is_set (at) then
			at = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.

		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages);						-- make ws url from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
		if ws_url then
			pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	elseif is_set (at) then
		ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at);							-- make ws url from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
		if ws_url then
			at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at');	-- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
			at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
			coins_pages = ws_label;
		end
	end
	
	return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end



--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
	|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.or url
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = 'save command';
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = 'liveweb';
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');	-- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
		
		if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then					-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = 'timestamp';
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then								-- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = 'path';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then							-- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then					-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		else
			return url, date;													-- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
		if is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local translator_etal;
	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

	local interviewer_etal;
	local interviewers_list = {};												
	local Interviewers;															-- used later
	interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');				-- process preferred interviewers parameters

	local contributor_etal;
	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then	-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
			link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ScriptChapterOrigin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
	local UrlStatus = A['UrlStatus'];
	if 'url-status' == A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus') then								-- interim: TODO: this line goes away
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlStatus, 'url-status', cfg.keywords ['url-status']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'dead'
			UrlStatus = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end																		-- interim: TODO: this line goes away
	elseif is_set (A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus')) then									-- interim: while both |dead-url= and |url-status= allowed use separate keyword lists; TODO: remove this section
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlStatus, A:ORIGIN ('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- interim: assume |dead-url=; use those keywords; TODO: this line goes away
			UrlStatus = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string; interim: TODO: this line goes away
		end																		-- interim: TODO: this line goes away
	end																			-- interim: TODO: this line goes away
	
	if in_array (UrlStatus, {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then							-- TODO: remove this whole thing when |dead-url=[yes|no] parameters removed from articles
		UrlStatus = 'dead';
	elseif 'no' == UrlStatus then
		UrlStatus = 'live';
	end
	
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = '';
		if is_set (Periodical) then
			Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter
			local i;
			Periodical, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical);				-- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated 
			if i then															-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
			end
		end

	local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
	local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
																				-- web and news not tested for now because of 
																				-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?

	local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (Periodical) then
			if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then	-- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
			if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then					-- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
				Volume = A['Volume'];											-- but does for all other 'periodicals'
			end
		else
			Volume = A['Volume'];												-- and does for non-'periodical' cites
		end
	elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then		-- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end	

	if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or	-- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
			is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
				Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then		-- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
		if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
			Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
		end
	end

	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			local i=0;
			PublisherName, i = strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName);			-- strip appostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized

			if i then															-- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
			end
		end

	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end

	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end
		
		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then			-- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			SubscriptionRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
		end
		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then			-- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			RegistrationRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
		end

	local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then	-- same as url-access
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
		end

	local MapUrlAccess = A['MapUrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (MapUrlAccess, 'map-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
			MapUrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(A['MapURL']) and is_set(MapUrlAccess) then
			MapUrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
		if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
		end
	local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = A['DF'];															-- date format set in cs1|2 template
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then	-- validate reformatting keyword
		DF = '';																-- not valid, set to empty string
	end
	if not is_set (DF) then
		DF = cfg.global_df;
	end

	local sepc;																	-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );											-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

	--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

	-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );	-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local coins_pages;
	
	Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then						-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
		PublicationPlace = Place;												-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end							-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
		|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title

		|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
		|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
	
	]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					ScriptChapterOrigin = 'title';
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			elseif is_set (Chapter) then										-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then												-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == Periodical_origin then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ScriptChapterOrigin = 'title';
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
	do
		if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then
			if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then			-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } );	-- add error message
			end

			Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = bioRxiv, ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
		end
	end

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);				-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
 	local Date_origin;															-- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging

	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate');							-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		else
			Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year');										-- save the name of the promoted parameter
		end
	else
		Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date');											-- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {
			['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
			['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
			['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin},
			['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
			['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
			['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
			['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
			['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
			};
		anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);

-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			end
		end
		
		if not is_set(error_message) then										-- error free dates only
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if is_set (DF) then													-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then			-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
	-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
	-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
--			if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
--				modified = true;
--			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val;			-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
				Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
			end
		end
	end	-- end of do

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
	-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			if is_set(AccessDate) then											-- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then
			end
	end

	if 'none' == Title and
			in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
			(is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
			('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then	-- special case for journal cites
				Title = '';														-- set title to empty string
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
		[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical),					-- no markup in the metadata
		['Encyclopedia'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Encyclopedia),
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),	-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,										-- any apostrophe markup already removed
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, PublisherName_origin, nil ));
		end
	end

	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text,											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
			Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
			Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
			Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors');	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
	-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not is_set(URL) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or		-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then	-- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
--	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower();												-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (ChapterURL) then 											-- if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |chapter-format=
--			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
				ChapterUrlAccess = nil;											-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
		elseif is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
--			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
			if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then											-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
 		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = ScriptChapterOrigin;
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapterOrigin, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.

	if Title:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if keep as written markup:
		Title= Title:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1')								-- remove the markup
	else
		if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then											-- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
			Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');							-- limit the number of dots to three
		elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and					-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
			not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then						-- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
				Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', '');				-- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
		end
	end
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then		-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');	-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title');		-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end

	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then
			Title = external_link (URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then
			local ws_url;
			ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink);							-- ignore ws_label return; not used here
			if ws_url then
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		else
			local ws_url, ws_label;
			ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title);					-- make ws url from |title= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tool tip label
			if ws_url then
				Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label);							-- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
				Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title');	-- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
				Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});				
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			else
				Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
			end
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or "";		-- not the same as SeriesNum
	OrigYear = is_set (OrigYear) and wrap_msg ('origyear', OrigYear) or '';
	Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	Via = is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';

	--[[
	Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
	note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
	
	]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "live" == UrlStatus then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
			else																-- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if is_set(PublisherName) then
		if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
		else 
			Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical);
		end
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then									-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";												-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then												-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then											-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";							-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon;
	if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then	-- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	else
		idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	end
	
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then							-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " ";				-- in paranetheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then							-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if (not is_set (Date)) then												-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				end
			end
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")";				-- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
			else
				post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
			end
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then							-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not is_set (Date)) then											-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); 								--Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	local render = {};															-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if is_set(options.id) then													-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- all other cases
	end		

	table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}));	-- append metadata to the citation

	if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
		table.insert (render, ' ');
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
				else
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
		local maint_msgs = {};													-- here we collect all of the maint messages
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			local maint = {};													-- here we assemble a maintenence message
			table.insert (maint, v);											-- maint msg is the category name
			table.insert (maint, ' (');											-- open the link text
			table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));	-- add the link
			table.insert (maint, ')');											-- and close it
			table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint));					-- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
		end
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' ')));	-- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render);	
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate (name, cite_class)
	local name = tostring (name);
	local state;
	
	if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then	-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		state = whitelist[cite_class .. '_basic_arguments'][name];				-- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class

		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[name];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
											
	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );												-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[name];

	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc 

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then								-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('missing_pipe',parameter)});
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
	if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
		return;																	-- parameter name found in the skip table so done
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata, styles;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';

	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
	reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
	date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
	date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;

	is_set = utilities.is_set;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	in_array = utilities.in_array;
	substitute = utilities.substitute;
	error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
	set_error = utilities.set_error;
	select_one = utilities.select_one;
	add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
	wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
	safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
	is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
	make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
	strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup;

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;										-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
	build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
	is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
	extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
	
	make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title;								-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
	get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
	COinS = metadata.COinS;

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
--		args[k] = v;															-- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if ('string' == type (k)) then
				k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);		-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			end
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );	-- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute (param, capture);				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then		-- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
								error_text, error_state = set_error ('parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true);	-- set the suggestion error message
							else
								error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {param}, true );	-- suggested param not supported by this template
							end
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			missing_pipe_check (k, v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
																				-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- here when v is empty string
			args[k] = v;														-- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
			has_extraneous_punc (k, v);											-- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
		end
	end
	return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D   F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};